|
Monday July 7, 2025
|
|
7:00 AM - 1:00 PM
|
GHS Summer Athletics
|
|
|
|
|
7:00 AM - 8:00 PM
|
GHS Junior Lot (Field House/Turf/Weight Room Lot) Paving Project
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 10:00 AM
|
GHS Summer Athletics - Cross Country Perimeter Grounds
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL Softball
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL Softball
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL Softball
|
|
|
|
|
8:45 AM - 9:30 AM
|
Children's Tennis Lessons - Summer - Quick Start (Ages 5-7) 8:45-9:30 a.m. Session 2
Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for children (ages 5-17) to best experience successAll lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.Levels 1-4 for ages 7-17Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience.Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhandground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score.Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 timesfrom the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette.All students must provide their own racquet's.QuickStart Tennis (Ages 5-7): For younger children. modified racquet suggested.
|
|
|
|
|
9:35 AM - 10:20 AM
|
Children's Tennis Lessons - Summer - Levels 1,2,3 9:35-10:20 a.m. Session 2
Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for children (ages 5-17) to best experience successAll lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.Levels 1-4 for ages 7-17Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience.Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhandground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score.Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 timesfrom the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette.All students must provide their own racquet's.QuickStart Tennis (Ages 5-7): For younger children. modified racquet suggested.
|
|
|
|
|
10:25 AM - 11:10 AM
|
Children's Tennis Lessons - Summer - Levels 2,3,4 10:25-11:10 a.m. Session 2
Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for children (ages 5-17) to best experience successAll lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.Levels 1-4 for ages 7-17Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience.Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhandground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score.Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 timesfrom the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette.All students must provide their own racquet's.QuickStart Tennis (Ages 5-7): For younger children. modified racquet suggested.
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
Camp Discovery Pickup
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
GHS Summer Athletics
|
|
|
|
|
5:15 PM - 5:40 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 1 5:15-5:40 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
5:15 PM - 5:40 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 2 5:15-5:40 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
5:15 PM - 5:40 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 3 5:15-5:40 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
5:15 PM - 5:40 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 4 5:15-5:40 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
5:15 PM - 5:40 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Tots 5:15-5:40 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
5:45 PM - 6:10 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Infant 5:45-6:10 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
5:45 PM - 6:10 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 3 (2) 5:45-6:10 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
5:45 PM - 6:10 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 4 5:45-6:10 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
5:45 PM - 6:10 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 5 5:45-6:10 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
6:15 PM - 6:40 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 1 6:15-6:40 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
6:15 PM - 6:40 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 3 6:15-6:40 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
6:15 PM - 6:40 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 6 6:15-6:40 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
6:15 PM - 6:40 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Tots 6:15-6:40 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
6:45 PM - 7:10 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 1 6:45-7:10 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
6:45 PM - 7:10 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 2 6:45-7:10 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
6:45 PM - 7:10 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 4 6:45-7:10 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
6:45 PM - 7:10 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 5 6:45-7:10 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
Tuesday July 8, 2025
|
|
7:00 AM - 1:00 PM
|
GHS Summer Athletics
|
|
|
|
|
7:00 AM - 8:00 PM
|
GHS Junior Lot (Field House/Turf/Weight Room Lot) Paving Project
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 10:00 AM
|
GHS Summer Athletics - Cross Country Perimeter Grounds
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL Softball
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL Softball
|
|
|
|
|
8:45 AM - 9:30 AM
|
Children's Tennis Lessons - Summer - Quick Start (Ages 5-7) 8:45-9:30 a.m. Session 2
Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for children (ages 5-17) to best experience successAll lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.Levels 1-4 for ages 7-17Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience.Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhandground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score.Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 timesfrom the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette.All students must provide their own racquet's.QuickStart Tennis (Ages 5-7): For younger children. modified racquet suggested.
|
|
|
|
|
9:35 AM - 10:20 AM
|
Children's Tennis Lessons - Summer - Levels 1,2,3 9:35-10:20 a.m. Session 2
Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for children (ages 5-17) to best experience successAll lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.Levels 1-4 for ages 7-17Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience.Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhandground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score.Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 timesfrom the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette.All students must provide their own racquet's.QuickStart Tennis (Ages 5-7): For younger children. modified racquet suggested.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL Softball
|
|
|
|
|
10:25 AM - 11:10 AM
|
Children's Tennis Lessons - Summer - Levels 2,3,4 10:25-11:10 a.m. Session 2
Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for children (ages 5-17) to best experience successAll lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.Levels 1-4 for ages 7-17Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience.Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhandground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score.Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 timesfrom the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette.All students must provide their own racquet's.QuickStart Tennis (Ages 5-7): For younger children. modified racquet suggested.
|
|
|
|
|
3:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
GHS Summer Athletics
|
|
|
|
|
3:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
GHS Summer Athletics
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
Camp Discovery Pickup
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
GHS Summer Athletics
|
|
|
|
|
5:15 PM - 5:40 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 1 5:15-5:40 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
5:15 PM - 5:40 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 2 5:15-5:40 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
5:15 PM - 5:40 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 3 5:15-5:40 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
5:15 PM - 5:40 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 4 5:15-5:40 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
5:15 PM - 5:40 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Tots 5:15-5:40 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
5:45 PM - 6:10 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Infant 5:45-6:10 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
5:45 PM - 6:10 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 3 (2) 5:45-6:10 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
5:45 PM - 6:10 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 4 5:45-6:10 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
5:45 PM - 6:10 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 5 5:45-6:10 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
6:15 PM - 6:40 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 1 6:15-6:40 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
6:15 PM - 6:40 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 3 6:15-6:40 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
6:15 PM - 6:40 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 6 6:15-6:40 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
6:15 PM - 6:40 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Tots 6:15-6:40 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
6:45 PM - 7:10 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 1 6:45-7:10 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
6:45 PM - 7:10 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 2 6:45-7:10 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
6:45 PM - 7:10 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 4 6:45-7:10 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
6:45 PM - 7:10 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 5 6:45-7:10 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
Wednesday July 9, 2025
|
|
7:00 AM - 1:00 PM
|
GHS Summer Athletics
|
|
|
|
|
7:00 AM - 8:00 PM
|
GHS Junior Lot (Field House/Turf/Weight Room Lot) Paving Project
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 10:00 AM
|
GHS Summer Athletics - Cross Country Perimeter Grounds
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL Softball
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL Softball
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL Softball
|
|
|
|
|
8:45 AM - 9:30 AM
|
Children's Tennis Lessons - Summer - Quick Start (Ages 5-7) 8:45-9:30 a.m. Session 2
Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for children (ages 5-17) to best experience successAll lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.Levels 1-4 for ages 7-17Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience.Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhandground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score.Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 timesfrom the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette.All students must provide their own racquet's.QuickStart Tennis (Ages 5-7): For younger children. modified racquet suggested.
|
|
|
|
|
9:35 AM - 10:20 AM
|
Children's Tennis Lessons - Summer - Levels 1,2,3 9:35-10:20 a.m. Session 2
Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for children (ages 5-17) to best experience successAll lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.Levels 1-4 for ages 7-17Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience.Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhandground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score.Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 timesfrom the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette.All students must provide their own racquet's.QuickStart Tennis (Ages 5-7): For younger children. modified racquet suggested.
|
|
|
|
|
10:25 AM - 11:10 AM
|
Children's Tennis Lessons - Summer - Levels 2,3,4 10:25-11:10 a.m. Session 2
Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for children (ages 5-17) to best experience successAll lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.Levels 1-4 for ages 7-17Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience.Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhandground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score.Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 timesfrom the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette.All students must provide their own racquet's.QuickStart Tennis (Ages 5-7): For younger children. modified racquet suggested.
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
Camp Discovery Pickup
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
GHS Summer Athletics
|
|
|
|
|
5:15 PM - 5:40 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 1 5:15-5:40 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
5:15 PM - 5:40 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 2 5:15-5:40 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
5:15 PM - 5:40 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 3 5:15-5:40 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
5:15 PM - 5:40 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 4 5:15-5:40 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
5:15 PM - 5:40 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Tots 5:15-5:40 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
5:45 PM - 6:10 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Infant 5:45-6:10 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
5:45 PM - 6:10 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 3 (2) 5:45-6:10 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
5:45 PM - 6:10 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 4 5:45-6:10 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
5:45 PM - 6:10 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 5 5:45-6:10 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
6:15 PM - 6:40 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 1 6:15-6:40 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
6:15 PM - 6:40 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 3 6:15-6:40 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
6:15 PM - 6:40 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 6 6:15-6:40 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
6:15 PM - 6:40 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Tots 6:15-6:40 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
6:45 PM - 7:10 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 1 6:45-7:10 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
6:45 PM - 7:10 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 2 6:45-7:10 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
6:45 PM - 7:10 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 4 6:45-7:10 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
6:45 PM - 7:10 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 5 6:45-7:10 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
Thursday July 10, 2025
|
|
7:00 AM - 1:00 PM
|
GHS Summer Athletics
|
|
|
|
|
7:00 AM - 8:00 PM
|
GHS Junior Lot (Field House/Turf/Weight Room Lot) Paving Project
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 10:00 AM
|
GHS Summer Athletics - Cross Country Perimeter Grounds
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL Softball
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL Softball
|
|
|
|
|
8:45 AM - 9:30 AM
|
Children's Tennis Lessons - Summer - Quick Start (Ages 5-7) 8:45-9:30 a.m. Session 2
Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for children (ages 5-17) to best experience successAll lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.Levels 1-4 for ages 7-17Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience.Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhandground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score.Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 timesfrom the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette.All students must provide their own racquet's.QuickStart Tennis (Ages 5-7): For younger children. modified racquet suggested.
|
|
|
|
|
9:35 AM - 10:20 AM
|
Children's Tennis Lessons - Summer - Levels 1,2,3 9:35-10:20 a.m. Session 2
Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for children (ages 5-17) to best experience successAll lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.Levels 1-4 for ages 7-17Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience.Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhandground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score.Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 timesfrom the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette.All students must provide their own racquet's.QuickStart Tennis (Ages 5-7): For younger children. modified racquet suggested.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL Softball
|
|
|
|
|
10:25 AM - 11:10 AM
|
Children's Tennis Lessons - Summer - Levels 2,3,4 10:25-11:10 a.m. Session 2
Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for children (ages 5-17) to best experience successAll lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.Levels 1-4 for ages 7-17Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience.Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhandground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score.Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 timesfrom the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette.All students must provide their own racquet's.QuickStart Tennis (Ages 5-7): For younger children. modified racquet suggested.
|
|
|
|
|
3:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
GHS Summer Athletics
|
|
|
|
|
3:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
GHS Summer Athletics
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
Camp Discovery Pickup
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
GHS Summer Athletics
|
|
|
|
|
5:15 PM - 5:40 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 1 5:15-5:40 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
5:15 PM - 5:40 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 2 5:15-5:40 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
5:15 PM - 5:40 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 3 5:15-5:40 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
5:15 PM - 5:40 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 4 5:15-5:40 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
5:15 PM - 5:40 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Tots 5:15-5:40 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
5:45 PM - 6:10 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Infant 5:45-6:10 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
5:45 PM - 6:10 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 3 (2) 5:45-6:10 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
5:45 PM - 6:10 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 4 5:45-6:10 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
5:45 PM - 6:10 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 5 5:45-6:10 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
6:15 PM - 6:40 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 1 6:15-6:40 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
6:15 PM - 6:40 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 3 6:15-6:40 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
6:15 PM - 6:40 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 6 6:15-6:40 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
6:15 PM - 6:40 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Tots 6:15-6:40 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
6:45 PM - 7:10 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 1 6:45-7:10 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
6:45 PM - 7:10 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 2 6:45-7:10 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
6:45 PM - 7:10 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 4 6:45-7:10 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
6:45 PM - 7:10 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 5 6:45-7:10 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
Friday July 11, 2025
|
|
7:00 AM - 1:00 PM
|
GHS Summer Athletics
|
|
|
|
|
7:00 AM - 8:00 PM
|
GHS Junior Lot (Field House/Turf/Weight Room Lot) Paving Project
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL Softball
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL Softball
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL Softball
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
Camp Discovery Pickup
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
GHS Summer Athletics
|
|
|
|
|
5:15 PM - 5:40 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 1 5:15-5:40 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
5:15 PM - 5:40 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 2 5:15-5:40 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
5:15 PM - 5:40 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 3 5:15-5:40 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
5:15 PM - 5:40 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 4 5:15-5:40 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
5:15 PM - 5:40 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Tots 5:15-5:40 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
5:45 PM - 6:10 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Infant 5:45-6:10 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
5:45 PM - 6:10 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 3 (2) 5:45-6:10 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
5:45 PM - 6:10 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 4 5:45-6:10 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
5:45 PM - 6:10 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 5 5:45-6:10 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
6:15 PM - 6:40 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 1 6:15-6:40 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
6:15 PM - 6:40 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 3 6:15-6:40 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
6:15 PM - 6:40 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 6 6:15-6:40 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
6:15 PM - 6:40 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Tots 6:15-6:40 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
6:45 PM - 7:10 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 1 6:45-7:10 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
6:45 PM - 7:10 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 2 6:45-7:10 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
6:45 PM - 7:10 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 4 6:45-7:10 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
6:45 PM - 7:10 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 5 6:45-7:10 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
Monday July 14, 2025
|
|
7:00 AM - 1:00 PM
|
GHS Summer Athletics
|
|
|
|
|
7:00 AM - 8:00 PM
|
GHS Junior Lot (Field House/Turf/Weight Room Lot) Paving Project
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 10:00 AM
|
GHS Summer Athletics - Cross Country Perimeter Grounds
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL Softball
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL Softball
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL Softball
|
|
|
|
|
8:45 AM - 9:30 AM
|
Children's Tennis Lessons - Summer - Quick Start (Ages 5-7) 8:45-9:30 a.m. Session 2
Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for children (ages 5-17) to best experience successAll lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.Levels 1-4 for ages 7-17Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience.Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhandground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score.Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 timesfrom the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette.All students must provide their own racquet's.QuickStart Tennis (Ages 5-7): For younger children. modified racquet suggested.
|
|
|
|
|
9:35 AM - 10:20 AM
|
Children's Tennis Lessons - Summer - Levels 1,2,3 9:35-10:20 a.m. Session 2
Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for children (ages 5-17) to best experience successAll lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.Levels 1-4 for ages 7-17Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience.Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhandground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score.Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 timesfrom the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette.All students must provide their own racquet's.QuickStart Tennis (Ages 5-7): For younger children. modified racquet suggested.
|
|
|
|
|
10:25 AM - 11:10 AM
|
Children's Tennis Lessons - Summer - Levels 2,3,4 10:25-11:10 a.m. Session 2
Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for children (ages 5-17) to best experience successAll lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.Levels 1-4 for ages 7-17Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience.Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhandground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score.Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 timesfrom the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette.All students must provide their own racquet's.QuickStart Tennis (Ages 5-7): For younger children. modified racquet suggested.
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
Camp Discovery Pickup
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
GHS Summer Athletics
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 5:55 PM
|
Children's Tennis Lessons - Summer - Monday/Wednesday Levels 1,2,3 5:00-5:55 p.m. Session 2
Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for children (ages 5-17) to best experience successAll lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.Levels 1-4 for ages 7-17Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience.Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhandground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score.Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 timesfrom the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette.All students must provide their own racquet's.QuickStart Tennis (Ages 5-7): For younger children. modified racquet suggested.
|
|
|
|
|
5:15 PM - 5:40 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 1 5:15-5:40 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
5:15 PM - 5:40 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 2 5:15-5:40 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
5:15 PM - 5:40 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 3 5:15-5:40 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
5:15 PM - 5:40 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 4 5:15-5:40 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
5:15 PM - 5:40 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Tots 5:15-5:40 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
5:45 PM - 6:10 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Infant 5:45-6:10 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
5:45 PM - 6:10 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 3 (2) 5:45-6:10 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
5:45 PM - 6:10 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 4 5:45-6:10 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
5:45 PM - 6:10 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 5 5:45-6:10 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 6:55 PM
|
Children's Tennis Lessons - Summer - Monday/Wednesday Levels 2,3,4 6:00-6:55 p.m. Session 2
Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for children (ages 5-17) to best experience successAll lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.Levels 1-4 for ages 7-17Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience.Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhandground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score.Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 timesfrom the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette.All students must provide their own racquet's.QuickStart Tennis (Ages 5-7): For younger children. modified racquet suggested.
|
|
|
|
|
6:15 PM - 6:40 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 1 6:15-6:40 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
6:15 PM - 6:40 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 3 6:15-6:40 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
6:15 PM - 6:40 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 6 6:15-6:40 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
6:15 PM - 6:40 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Tots 6:15-6:40 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
6:45 PM - 7:10 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 1 6:45-7:10 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
6:45 PM - 7:10 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 2 6:45-7:10 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
6:45 PM - 7:10 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 4 6:45-7:10 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
6:45 PM - 7:10 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 5 6:45-7:10 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
7:00 PM - 7:55 PM
|
Adult Tennis Lessons - Summer - Adult Tennis Monday/Wednesday 7:00-7:50 p.m. Session 2
Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for children and adults to best experience success All lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience. Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhandground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score. Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 timesfrom the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette. All students must provide their own racquet's.
|
|
|
|
|
Tuesday July 15, 2025
|
|
7:00 AM - 1:00 PM
|
GHS Summer Athletics
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 10:00 AM
|
GHS Summer Athletics - Cross Country Perimeter Grounds
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL Softball
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL Softball
|
|
|
|
|
8:45 AM - 9:30 AM
|
Children's Tennis Lessons - Summer - Quick Start (Ages 5-7) 8:45-9:30 a.m. Session 2
Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for children (ages 5-17) to best experience successAll lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.Levels 1-4 for ages 7-17Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience.Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhandground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score.Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 timesfrom the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette.All students must provide their own racquet's.QuickStart Tennis (Ages 5-7): For younger children. modified racquet suggested.
|
|
|
|
|
9:35 AM - 10:20 AM
|
Children's Tennis Lessons - Summer - Levels 1,2,3 9:35-10:20 a.m. Session 2
Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for children (ages 5-17) to best experience successAll lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.Levels 1-4 for ages 7-17Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience.Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhandground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score.Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 timesfrom the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette.All students must provide their own racquet's.QuickStart Tennis (Ages 5-7): For younger children. modified racquet suggested.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL Softball
|
|
|
|
|
10:25 AM - 11:10 AM
|
Children's Tennis Lessons - Summer - Levels 2,3,4 10:25-11:10 a.m. Session 2
Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for children (ages 5-17) to best experience successAll lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.Levels 1-4 for ages 7-17Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience.Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhandground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score.Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 timesfrom the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette.All students must provide their own racquet's.QuickStart Tennis (Ages 5-7): For younger children. modified racquet suggested.
|
|
|
|
|
3:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
GHS Summer Athletics
|
|
|
|
|
3:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
GHS Summer Athletics
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
Camp Discovery Pickup
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
GHS Summer Athletics
|
|
|
|
|
5:15 PM - 5:40 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 1 5:15-5:40 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
5:15 PM - 5:40 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 2 5:15-5:40 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
5:15 PM - 5:40 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 3 5:15-5:40 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
5:15 PM - 5:40 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 4 5:15-5:40 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
5:15 PM - 5:40 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Tots 5:15-5:40 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
5:45 PM - 6:10 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Infant 5:45-6:10 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
5:45 PM - 6:10 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 3 (2) 5:45-6:10 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
5:45 PM - 6:10 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 4 5:45-6:10 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
5:45 PM - 6:10 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 5 5:45-6:10 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
6:15 PM - 6:40 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 1 6:15-6:40 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
6:15 PM - 6:40 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 3 6:15-6:40 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
6:15 PM - 6:40 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 6 6:15-6:40 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
6:15 PM - 6:40 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Tots 6:15-6:40 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
6:45 PM - 7:10 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 1 6:45-7:10 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
6:45 PM - 7:10 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 2 6:45-7:10 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
6:45 PM - 7:10 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 4 6:45-7:10 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
6:45 PM - 7:10 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 5 6:45-7:10 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
Wednesday July 16, 2025
|
|
7:00 AM - 1:00 PM
|
GHS Summer Athletics
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 10:00 AM
|
GHS Summer Athletics - Cross Country Perimeter Grounds
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL Softball
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL Softball
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL Softball
|
|
|
|
|
8:45 AM - 9:30 AM
|
Children's Tennis Lessons - Summer - Quick Start (Ages 5-7) 8:45-9:30 a.m. Session 2
Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for children (ages 5-17) to best experience successAll lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.Levels 1-4 for ages 7-17Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience.Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhandground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score.Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 timesfrom the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette.All students must provide their own racquet's.QuickStart Tennis (Ages 5-7): For younger children. modified racquet suggested.
|
|
|
|
|
9:35 AM - 10:20 AM
|
Children's Tennis Lessons - Summer - Levels 1,2,3 9:35-10:20 a.m. Session 2
Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for children (ages 5-17) to best experience successAll lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.Levels 1-4 for ages 7-17Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience.Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhandground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score.Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 timesfrom the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette.All students must provide their own racquet's.QuickStart Tennis (Ages 5-7): For younger children. modified racquet suggested.
|
|
|
|
|
10:25 AM - 11:10 AM
|
Children's Tennis Lessons - Summer - Levels 2,3,4 10:25-11:10 a.m. Session 2
Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for children (ages 5-17) to best experience successAll lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.Levels 1-4 for ages 7-17Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience.Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhandground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score.Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 timesfrom the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette.All students must provide their own racquet's.QuickStart Tennis (Ages 5-7): For younger children. modified racquet suggested.
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
Camp Discovery Pickup
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
GHS Summer Athletics
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 5:55 PM
|
Children's Tennis Lessons - Summer - Monday/Wednesday Levels 1,2,3 5:00-5:55 p.m. Session 2
Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for children (ages 5-17) to best experience successAll lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.Levels 1-4 for ages 7-17Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience.Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhandground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score.Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 timesfrom the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette.All students must provide their own racquet's.QuickStart Tennis (Ages 5-7): For younger children. modified racquet suggested.
|
|
|
|
|
5:15 PM - 5:40 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 1 5:15-5:40 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
5:15 PM - 5:40 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 2 5:15-5:40 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
5:15 PM - 5:40 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 3 5:15-5:40 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
5:15 PM - 5:40 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 4 5:15-5:40 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
5:15 PM - 5:40 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Tots 5:15-5:40 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
5:45 PM - 6:10 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Infant 5:45-6:10 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
5:45 PM - 6:10 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 3 (2) 5:45-6:10 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
5:45 PM - 6:10 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 4 5:45-6:10 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
5:45 PM - 6:10 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 5 5:45-6:10 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 6:55 PM
|
Children's Tennis Lessons - Summer - Monday/Wednesday Levels 2,3,4 6:00-6:55 p.m. Session 2
Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for children (ages 5-17) to best experience successAll lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.Levels 1-4 for ages 7-17Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience.Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhandground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score.Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 timesfrom the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette.All students must provide their own racquet's.QuickStart Tennis (Ages 5-7): For younger children. modified racquet suggested.
|
|
|
|
|
6:15 PM - 6:40 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 1 6:15-6:40 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
6:15 PM - 6:40 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 3 6:15-6:40 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
6:15 PM - 6:40 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 6 6:15-6:40 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
6:15 PM - 6:40 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Tots 6:15-6:40 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
6:45 PM - 7:10 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 1 6:45-7:10 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
6:45 PM - 7:10 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 2 6:45-7:10 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
6:45 PM - 7:10 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 4 6:45-7:10 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
6:45 PM - 7:10 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 5 6:45-7:10 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
7:00 PM - 7:55 PM
|
Adult Tennis Lessons - Summer - Adult Tennis Monday/Wednesday 7:00-7:50 p.m. Session 2
Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for children and adults to best experience success All lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience. Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhandground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score. Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 timesfrom the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette. All students must provide their own racquet's.
|
|
|
|
|
Thursday July 17, 2025
|
|
7:00 AM - 1:00 PM
|
GHS Summer Athletics
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 10:00 AM
|
GHS Summer Athletics - Cross Country Perimeter Grounds
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL Softball
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL Softball
|
|
|
|
|
8:45 AM - 9:30 AM
|
Children's Tennis Lessons - Summer - Quick Start (Ages 5-7) 8:45-9:30 a.m. Session 2
Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for children (ages 5-17) to best experience successAll lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.Levels 1-4 for ages 7-17Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience.Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhandground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score.Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 timesfrom the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette.All students must provide their own racquet's.QuickStart Tennis (Ages 5-7): For younger children. modified racquet suggested.
|
|
|
|
|
9:35 AM - 10:20 AM
|
Children's Tennis Lessons - Summer - Levels 1,2,3 9:35-10:20 a.m. Session 2
Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for children (ages 5-17) to best experience successAll lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.Levels 1-4 for ages 7-17Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience.Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhandground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score.Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 timesfrom the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette.All students must provide their own racquet's.QuickStart Tennis (Ages 5-7): For younger children. modified racquet suggested.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL Softball
|
|
|
|
|
10:25 AM - 11:10 AM
|
Children's Tennis Lessons - Summer - Levels 2,3,4 10:25-11:10 a.m. Session 2
Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for children (ages 5-17) to best experience successAll lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.Levels 1-4 for ages 7-17Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience.Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhandground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score.Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 timesfrom the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette.All students must provide their own racquet's.QuickStart Tennis (Ages 5-7): For younger children. modified racquet suggested.
|
|
|
|
|
3:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
GHS Summer Athletics
|
|
|
|
|
3:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
GHS Summer Athletics
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
Camp Discovery Pickup
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
GHS Summer Athletics
|
|
|
|
|
5:15 PM - 5:40 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 1 5:15-5:40 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
5:15 PM - 5:40 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 2 5:15-5:40 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
5:15 PM - 5:40 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 3 5:15-5:40 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
5:15 PM - 5:40 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 4 5:15-5:40 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
5:15 PM - 5:40 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Tots 5:15-5:40 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
5:45 PM - 6:10 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Infant 5:45-6:10 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
5:45 PM - 6:10 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 3 (2) 5:45-6:10 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
5:45 PM - 6:10 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 4 5:45-6:10 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
5:45 PM - 6:10 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 5 5:45-6:10 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
6:15 PM - 6:40 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 1 6:15-6:40 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
6:15 PM - 6:40 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 3 6:15-6:40 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
6:15 PM - 6:40 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 6 6:15-6:40 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
6:15 PM - 6:40 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Tots 6:15-6:40 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
6:45 PM - 7:10 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 1 6:45-7:10 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
6:45 PM - 7:10 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 2 6:45-7:10 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
6:45 PM - 7:10 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 4 6:45-7:10 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
6:45 PM - 7:10 PM
|
Glastonbury High School Evening Swim Lessons - Level 5 6:45-7:10 GHS-PM Session 2
Three sessions of group swim lessons are planned at GHS Indoor Pool on weekday evenings. Each class is 25 minutes.
NEW THIS YEAR! Registrations will be held for each session. Please see this information below. SESSION DATES: (Registration for Session 1 begins April 1)
Session 1: June 23 - July 3, 2025 (no class July 4)Session 2: July 7-July 17, 2025Session 3: July 21-July 31, 2025REGISTRATION DATES:Session 1: Registration begins at 8:00 a.m. on April 1stSession 2: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m on July 3rdSession 3: Registration begins at 8:00 p.m. on July 17thOnce the session begins, registration for that session will no longer be available. Due to the short turn around between registration and classes no refunds/credits will be given unless due to medical/injury. A doctors note must be presented to receive the refund. Please limit your registration to one class/child at a time. If your child is enrolled in the wrong level, every effort will be made to transfer your child to the appropriate level on a space available basis. There is no guarantee.WHAT TO BRING: All participants should bring a towel. Participants must be ready in appropriate swim attire on the pool deck at their scheduled time. Locker rooms are available for changing. Mask are optional.
Observers are welcome and must sit in the upper gallery. LESSONS: Infant/Toddler: Ages 6mos - 2 yrs with a parent/guardian in the water. This is an opportunity for your infant to be introduced to the water. Tots: Ages 3 and 4 years with a parent/guardian in the water. Parents work with their children to learn breath control, submerging in the water, buoyancy /floating on the water; and moving through the water on front and back.Learn to Swim Program for Level 1-6Please review the information to decide where best to place your child. The new program features an inclusive approach to teaching swimming and water safety together. Level 1 children must be at least 5 years old. To move to the next level students must successfully complete the exit skills for each level before progressing to the next level. All levels include water safety discussions and skills. To enroll for a level, your child must meet the following criteria:Level 1: Introduction to Water SkillsAt least 5 years old with little or no prior water experience.Level 2: Fundamentals of AquaticsStudents should be comfortable in and under the water; to be able to float on front and back; and to perform elementary front and back strokes for at least 2 body lengths with or without support.Level 3: Stroke DevelopmentStudents should be able to independently enter; to submerge and blow bubbles; to tread water 15 seconds and to move through the water using simultaneous and alternating leg and arm actions for at least 5 body lengths.Level 4: Stroke ImprovementStudents should be able to survival float; to tread water 30 seconds; to swim front crawl and elementary backstrokes for 15 yards; to perform the dolphin kick for 5 body lengths; to scissors kick for 10 yards; and to do a head first entry into the water.Level 5: Stroke RefinementStudents should be able to swim front crawl and elementary backstroke for 25 yards each; to swim the side stroke, the breast stroke and the butterfly stroke each for 15 yards; to tread water 2 minutes; to change direction doing an open turn at the wall; to do a foot first surface dive.Level 6: Fitness SwimmingStudents should be able to swim both front crawl and elementary backstroke for 50 yards; to swim the back crawl, breaststroke, side stroke and butterfly each for 25 yards; to tread water 5 minutes; to flip turn using both front and back strokes; to dive from pool side and to do tuck and pike surface dives and to scull on the back. Both groups will focus on stroke development as well.
|
|
|
|
|
Monday July 21, 2025
|
|
7:00 AM - 1:00 PM
|
CKM Softball
|
|
|
|
|
7:00 AM - 1:00 PM
|
GHS Summer Athletics
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 10:00 AM
|
GHS Summer Athletics - Cross Country Perimeter Grounds
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL Softball
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL Softball
|
|
|
|
|
8:30 AM - 4:30 PM
|
Camp Discovery - Explorers - Session 3
A traditional day camp program designed to meet the needs of working parents while providing a fun-filled day. Campers participate in program areas, swim lessons, free swim, special events, and field trips. Campers are split into three groups, all meeting at the same location and seeing each other throughout the day but field trips and activities will differ. This is not a drop-in program and campers should plan on being there for the entire day.Note: Due to construction we have no access to the gym this summer! Register for Age GroupsCampers must be registered by Age Group. Please see sub headings below and select the correct group for your child. Hours & Extended CareCamp Discovery will run 8:30-4:30 with Extended Care offered from 7:30-8:30 and 4:30-5:30. All campers who are registered for Camp Discovery and wish to register for Extended care will be accommodated.Extended Care will be $50 per session for AM Extended Care and PM Extended Care will also be $50 per session. Information on how to register for before and after care will be emailed to all families registered for Camp Discovery in May. Extended Care is not available for Adventure Week. Camp Discovery JuniorAn introduction to our traditional Camp Discovery program. This half-day program will include arts & crafts, games, special activities, and weekly trips to the pond or splash pad. Campers should pack a lunch and will eat together before going home. Not recommended for children who have completed 1st grade.PAYMENT OPTIONS NEWPay 50% deposit at the time of registration. The full amount is due by May 14th. A late fee of $15 will be charged if you pay after May 14th. If full payment is not received by May 22nd your child will be removed from the program and your deposit refunded.FILL OUT YOUR FORMS EARLY! Looking to get one step ahead? Fill out the required camp forms prior to registration day! Required forms for Camp Discovery include: Camper Information Form, Camp Permission Form, Camp Swimming Information and Payment Plan Form, filled out for each camper you plan on registering. Required forms for Discovery Junior include: Camper Information Form, Camp Permission Form and Payment Plan Form.Links to the forms are below in the "Links" section below. NOTE: Filling out these forms does NOT register you for the program. You will still need to go through the traditional registration process. Filling out the required forms ahead of time will simply mean a quicker check-out process on March 11! All required forms will appear during the checkout process if they are not filled out ahead of time. For more information click here! If program fills please add your child to the wait list! We will do our best to move people off the wait list as quickly as possible.
|
|
|
|
|
8:45 AM - 9:30 AM
|
Children's Tennis Lessons - Summer - Quick Start (Ages 5-7) 8:34-9:30 a.m. Session 3
Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for children (ages 5-17) to best experience successAll lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.Levels 1-4 for ages 7-17Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience.Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhandground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score.Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 timesfrom the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette.All students must provide their own racquet's.QuickStart Tennis (Ages 5-7): For younger children. modified racquet suggested.
|
|
|
|
|
9:35 AM - 10:20 AM
|
Children's Tennis Lessons - Summer - Levels 1,2,3 9:35-10:20 a.m. Session 3
Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for children (ages 5-17) to best experience successAll lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.Levels 1-4 for ages 7-17Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience.Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhandground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score.Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 timesfrom the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette.All students must provide their own racquet's.QuickStart Tennis (Ages 5-7): For younger children. modified racquet suggested.
|
|
|
|
|
10:25 AM - 11:10 AM
|
Children's Tennis Lessons - Summer - Levels 2,3,4 10:25-11:10 a.m. Session 3
Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for children (ages 5-17) to best experience successAll lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.Levels 1-4 for ages 7-17Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience.Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhandground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score.Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 timesfrom the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette.All students must provide their own racquet's.QuickStart Tennis (Ages 5-7): For younger children. modified racquet suggested.
|
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL Softball
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
Camp Discovery Pickup
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
GHS Summer Athletics
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 5:55 PM
|
Children's Tennis Lessons - Summer - Monday/Wednesday Levels 1,2,3 5:00-5:55 p.m. Session 2
Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for children (ages 5-17) to best experience successAll lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.Levels 1-4 for ages 7-17Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience.Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhandground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score.Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 timesfrom the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette.All students must provide their own racquet's.QuickStart Tennis (Ages 5-7): For younger children. modified racquet suggested.
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 6:55 PM
|
Children's Tennis Lessons - Summer - Monday/Wednesday Levels 2,3,4 6:00-6:55 p.m. Session 2
Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for children (ages 5-17) to best experience successAll lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.Levels 1-4 for ages 7-17Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience.Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhandground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score.Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 timesfrom the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette.All students must provide their own racquet's.QuickStart Tennis (Ages 5-7): For younger children. modified racquet suggested.
|
|
|
|
|
7:00 PM - 7:55 PM
|
Adult Tennis Lessons - Summer - Adult Tennis Monday/Wednesday 7:00-7:50 p.m. Session 2
Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for children and adults to best experience success All lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience. Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhandground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score. Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 timesfrom the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette. All students must provide their own racquet's.
|
|
|
|
|
Wednesday July 23, 2025
|
|
7:00 AM - 1:00 PM
|
CKM Softball
|
|
|
|
|
7:00 AM - 1:00 PM
|
GHS Summer Athletics
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 10:00 AM
|
GHS Summer Athletics - Cross Country Perimeter Grounds
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL Softball
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL Softball
|
|
|
|
|
8:30 AM - 4:30 PM
|
Camp Discovery - Explorers - Session 3
A traditional day camp program designed to meet the needs of working parents while providing a fun-filled day. Campers participate in program areas, swim lessons, free swim, special events, and field trips. Campers are split into three groups, all meeting at the same location and seeing each other throughout the day but field trips and activities will differ. This is not a drop-in program and campers should plan on being there for the entire day.Note: Due to construction we have no access to the gym this summer! Register for Age GroupsCampers must be registered by Age Group. Please see sub headings below and select the correct group for your child. Hours & Extended CareCamp Discovery will run 8:30-4:30 with Extended Care offered from 7:30-8:30 and 4:30-5:30. All campers who are registered for Camp Discovery and wish to register for Extended care will be accommodated.Extended Care will be $50 per session for AM Extended Care and PM Extended Care will also be $50 per session. Information on how to register for before and after care will be emailed to all families registered for Camp Discovery in May. Extended Care is not available for Adventure Week. Camp Discovery JuniorAn introduction to our traditional Camp Discovery program. This half-day program will include arts & crafts, games, special activities, and weekly trips to the pond or splash pad. Campers should pack a lunch and will eat together before going home. Not recommended for children who have completed 1st grade.PAYMENT OPTIONS NEWPay 50% deposit at the time of registration. The full amount is due by May 14th. A late fee of $15 will be charged if you pay after May 14th. If full payment is not received by May 22nd your child will be removed from the program and your deposit refunded.FILL OUT YOUR FORMS EARLY! Looking to get one step ahead? Fill out the required camp forms prior to registration day! Required forms for Camp Discovery include: Camper Information Form, Camp Permission Form, Camp Swimming Information and Payment Plan Form, filled out for each camper you plan on registering. Required forms for Discovery Junior include: Camper Information Form, Camp Permission Form and Payment Plan Form.Links to the forms are below in the "Links" section below. NOTE: Filling out these forms does NOT register you for the program. You will still need to go through the traditional registration process. Filling out the required forms ahead of time will simply mean a quicker check-out process on March 11! All required forms will appear during the checkout process if they are not filled out ahead of time. For more information click here! If program fills please add your child to the wait list! We will do our best to move people off the wait list as quickly as possible.
|
|
|
|
|
8:45 AM - 9:30 AM
|
Children's Tennis Lessons - Summer - Quick Start (Ages 5-7) 8:34-9:30 a.m. Session 3
Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for children (ages 5-17) to best experience successAll lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.Levels 1-4 for ages 7-17Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience.Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhandground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score.Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 timesfrom the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette.All students must provide their own racquet's.QuickStart Tennis (Ages 5-7): For younger children. modified racquet suggested.
|
|
|
|
|
9:35 AM - 10:20 AM
|
Children's Tennis Lessons - Summer - Levels 1,2,3 9:35-10:20 a.m. Session 3
Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for children (ages 5-17) to best experience successAll lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.Levels 1-4 for ages 7-17Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience.Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhandground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score.Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 timesfrom the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette.All students must provide their own racquet's.QuickStart Tennis (Ages 5-7): For younger children. modified racquet suggested.
|
|
|
|
|
10:25 AM - 11:10 AM
|
Children's Tennis Lessons - Summer - Levels 2,3,4 10:25-11:10 a.m. Session 3
Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for children (ages 5-17) to best experience successAll lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.Levels 1-4 for ages 7-17Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience.Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhandground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score.Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 timesfrom the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette.All students must provide their own racquet's.QuickStart Tennis (Ages 5-7): For younger children. modified racquet suggested.
|
|
|
|
|
1:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL Softball
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
Camp Discovery Pickup
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
GHS Summer Athletics
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 5:55 PM
|
Children's Tennis Lessons - Summer - Monday/Wednesday Levels 1,2,3 5:00-5:55 p.m. Session 2
Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for children (ages 5-17) to best experience successAll lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.Levels 1-4 for ages 7-17Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience.Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhandground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score.Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 timesfrom the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette.All students must provide their own racquet's.QuickStart Tennis (Ages 5-7): For younger children. modified racquet suggested.
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 6:55 PM
|
Children's Tennis Lessons - Summer - Monday/Wednesday Levels 2,3,4 6:00-6:55 p.m. Session 2
Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for children (ages 5-17) to best experience successAll lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.Levels 1-4 for ages 7-17Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience.Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhandground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score.Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 timesfrom the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette.All students must provide their own racquet's.QuickStart Tennis (Ages 5-7): For younger children. modified racquet suggested.
|
|
|
|
|
7:00 PM - 7:55 PM
|
Adult Tennis Lessons - Summer - Adult Tennis Monday/Wednesday 7:00-7:50 p.m. Session 2
Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for children and adults to best experience success All lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience. Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhandground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score. Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 timesfrom the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette. All students must provide their own racquet's.
|
|
|
|
|
Monday July 28, 2025
|
|
7:00 AM - 10:00 AM
|
BOE Summer Conditioning Camp
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 10:00 AM
|
GHS Summer Athletics - Cross Country Perimeter Grounds
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL Softball
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL Softball
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL Softball
|
|
|
|
|
8:30 AM - 4:30 PM
|
Camp Discovery - Explorers - Session 3
A traditional day camp program designed to meet the needs of working parents while providing a fun-filled day. Campers participate in program areas, swim lessons, free swim, special events, and field trips. Campers are split into three groups, all meeting at the same location and seeing each other throughout the day but field trips and activities will differ. This is not a drop-in program and campers should plan on being there for the entire day.Note: Due to construction we have no access to the gym this summer! Register for Age GroupsCampers must be registered by Age Group. Please see sub headings below and select the correct group for your child. Hours & Extended CareCamp Discovery will run 8:30-4:30 with Extended Care offered from 7:30-8:30 and 4:30-5:30. All campers who are registered for Camp Discovery and wish to register for Extended care will be accommodated.Extended Care will be $50 per session for AM Extended Care and PM Extended Care will also be $50 per session. Information on how to register for before and after care will be emailed to all families registered for Camp Discovery in May. Extended Care is not available for Adventure Week. Camp Discovery JuniorAn introduction to our traditional Camp Discovery program. This half-day program will include arts & crafts, games, special activities, and weekly trips to the pond or splash pad. Campers should pack a lunch and will eat together before going home. Not recommended for children who have completed 1st grade.PAYMENT OPTIONS NEWPay 50% deposit at the time of registration. The full amount is due by May 14th. A late fee of $15 will be charged if you pay after May 14th. If full payment is not received by May 22nd your child will be removed from the program and your deposit refunded.FILL OUT YOUR FORMS EARLY! Looking to get one step ahead? Fill out the required camp forms prior to registration day! Required forms for Camp Discovery include: Camper Information Form, Camp Permission Form, Camp Swimming Information and Payment Plan Form, filled out for each camper you plan on registering. Required forms for Discovery Junior include: Camper Information Form, Camp Permission Form and Payment Plan Form.Links to the forms are below in the "Links" section below. NOTE: Filling out these forms does NOT register you for the program. You will still need to go through the traditional registration process. Filling out the required forms ahead of time will simply mean a quicker check-out process on March 11! All required forms will appear during the checkout process if they are not filled out ahead of time. For more information click here! If program fills please add your child to the wait list! We will do our best to move people off the wait list as quickly as possible.
|
|
|
|
|
8:45 AM - 9:30 AM
|
Children's Tennis Lessons - Summer - Quick Start (Ages 5-7) 8:34-9:30 a.m. Session 3
Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for children (ages 5-17) to best experience successAll lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.Levels 1-4 for ages 7-17Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience.Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhandground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score.Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 timesfrom the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette.All students must provide their own racquet's.QuickStart Tennis (Ages 5-7): For younger children. modified racquet suggested.
|
|
|
|
|
9:35 AM - 10:20 AM
|
Children's Tennis Lessons - Summer - Levels 1,2,3 9:35-10:20 a.m. Session 3
Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for children (ages 5-17) to best experience successAll lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.Levels 1-4 for ages 7-17Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience.Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhandground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score.Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 timesfrom the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette.All students must provide their own racquet's.QuickStart Tennis (Ages 5-7): For younger children. modified racquet suggested.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 1:00 PM
|
GHS Summer Athletics
|
|
|
|
|
10:25 AM - 11:10 AM
|
Children's Tennis Lessons - Summer - Levels 2,3,4 10:25-11:10 a.m. Session 3
Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for children (ages 5-17) to best experience successAll lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.Levels 1-4 for ages 7-17Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience.Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhandground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score.Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 timesfrom the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette.All students must provide their own racquet's.QuickStart Tennis (Ages 5-7): For younger children. modified racquet suggested.
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
Camp Discovery Pickup
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
GHS Summer Athletics
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 5:55 PM
|
Children's Tennis Lessons - Summer - Monday/Wednesday Levels 1,2,3 5:00-5:55 p.m. Session 2
Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for children (ages 5-17) to best experience successAll lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.Levels 1-4 for ages 7-17Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience.Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhandground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score.Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 timesfrom the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette.All students must provide their own racquet's.QuickStart Tennis (Ages 5-7): For younger children. modified racquet suggested.
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 6:55 PM
|
Children's Tennis Lessons - Summer - Monday/Wednesday Levels 2,3,4 6:00-6:55 p.m. Session 2
Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for children (ages 5-17) to best experience successAll lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.Levels 1-4 for ages 7-17Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience.Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhandground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score.Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 timesfrom the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette.All students must provide their own racquet's.QuickStart Tennis (Ages 5-7): For younger children. modified racquet suggested.
|
|
|
|
|
7:00 PM - 7:55 PM
|
Adult Tennis Lessons - Summer - Adult Tennis Monday/Wednesday 7:00-7:50 p.m. Session 2
Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for children and adults to best experience success All lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience. Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhandground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score. Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 timesfrom the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette. All students must provide their own racquet's.
|
|
|
|
|
Wednesday July 30, 2025
|
|
7:00 AM - 10:00 AM
|
BOE Summer Conditioning Camp
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 10:00 AM
|
GHS Summer Athletics - Cross Country Perimeter Grounds
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL Softball
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL Softball
|
|
|
|
|
8:00 AM - 8:00 PM
|
GLL Softball
|
|
|
|
|
8:30 AM - 4:30 PM
|
Camp Discovery - Explorers - Session 3
A traditional day camp program designed to meet the needs of working parents while providing a fun-filled day. Campers participate in program areas, swim lessons, free swim, special events, and field trips. Campers are split into three groups, all meeting at the same location and seeing each other throughout the day but field trips and activities will differ. This is not a drop-in program and campers should plan on being there for the entire day.Note: Due to construction we have no access to the gym this summer! Register for Age GroupsCampers must be registered by Age Group. Please see sub headings below and select the correct group for your child. Hours & Extended CareCamp Discovery will run 8:30-4:30 with Extended Care offered from 7:30-8:30 and 4:30-5:30. All campers who are registered for Camp Discovery and wish to register for Extended care will be accommodated.Extended Care will be $50 per session for AM Extended Care and PM Extended Care will also be $50 per session. Information on how to register for before and after care will be emailed to all families registered for Camp Discovery in May. Extended Care is not available for Adventure Week. Camp Discovery JuniorAn introduction to our traditional Camp Discovery program. This half-day program will include arts & crafts, games, special activities, and weekly trips to the pond or splash pad. Campers should pack a lunch and will eat together before going home. Not recommended for children who have completed 1st grade.PAYMENT OPTIONS NEWPay 50% deposit at the time of registration. The full amount is due by May 14th. A late fee of $15 will be charged if you pay after May 14th. If full payment is not received by May 22nd your child will be removed from the program and your deposit refunded.FILL OUT YOUR FORMS EARLY! Looking to get one step ahead? Fill out the required camp forms prior to registration day! Required forms for Camp Discovery include: Camper Information Form, Camp Permission Form, Camp Swimming Information and Payment Plan Form, filled out for each camper you plan on registering. Required forms for Discovery Junior include: Camper Information Form, Camp Permission Form and Payment Plan Form.Links to the forms are below in the "Links" section below. NOTE: Filling out these forms does NOT register you for the program. You will still need to go through the traditional registration process. Filling out the required forms ahead of time will simply mean a quicker check-out process on March 11! All required forms will appear during the checkout process if they are not filled out ahead of time. For more information click here! If program fills please add your child to the wait list! We will do our best to move people off the wait list as quickly as possible.
|
|
|
|
|
8:45 AM - 9:30 AM
|
Children's Tennis Lessons - Summer - Quick Start (Ages 5-7) 8:34-9:30 a.m. Session 3
Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for children (ages 5-17) to best experience successAll lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.Levels 1-4 for ages 7-17Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience.Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhandground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score.Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 timesfrom the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette.All students must provide their own racquet's.QuickStart Tennis (Ages 5-7): For younger children. modified racquet suggested.
|
|
|
|
|
9:35 AM - 10:20 AM
|
Children's Tennis Lessons - Summer - Levels 1,2,3 9:35-10:20 a.m. Session 3
Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for children (ages 5-17) to best experience successAll lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.Levels 1-4 for ages 7-17Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience.Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhandground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score.Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 timesfrom the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette.All students must provide their own racquet's.QuickStart Tennis (Ages 5-7): For younger children. modified racquet suggested.
|
|
|
|
|
10:00 AM - 1:00 PM
|
GHS Summer Athletics
|
|
|
|
|
10:25 AM - 11:10 AM
|
Children's Tennis Lessons - Summer - Levels 2,3,4 10:25-11:10 a.m. Session 3
Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for children (ages 5-17) to best experience successAll lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.Levels 1-4 for ages 7-17Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience.Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhandground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score.Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 timesfrom the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette.All students must provide their own racquet's.QuickStart Tennis (Ages 5-7): For younger children. modified racquet suggested.
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 5:00 PM
|
Camp Discovery Pickup
|
|
|
|
|
4:00 PM - 8:00 PM
|
GHS Summer Athletics
|
|
|
|
|
5:00 PM - 5:55 PM
|
Children's Tennis Lessons - Summer - Monday/Wednesday Levels 1,2,3 5:00-5:55 p.m. Session 2
Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for children (ages 5-17) to best experience successAll lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.Levels 1-4 for ages 7-17Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience.Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhandground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score.Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 timesfrom the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette.All students must provide their own racquet's.QuickStart Tennis (Ages 5-7): For younger children. modified racquet suggested.
|
|
|
|
|
6:00 PM - 6:55 PM
|
Children's Tennis Lessons - Summer - Monday/Wednesday Levels 2,3,4 6:00-6:55 p.m. Session 2
Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for children (ages 5-17) to best experience successAll lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.Levels 1-4 for ages 7-17Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience.Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhandground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score.Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 timesfrom the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette.All students must provide their own racquet's.QuickStart Tennis (Ages 5-7): For younger children. modified racquet suggested.
|
|
|
|
|
7:00 PM - 7:55 PM
|
Adult Tennis Lessons - Summer - Adult Tennis Monday/Wednesday 7:00-7:50 p.m. Session 2
Tennis lessons are divided into four skill groups designed for children and adults to best experience success All lessons are taught at the Glastonbury High School Tennis Courts.Level 1: is for those with little or no tennis experience. Level 2: is for those who can hold a racquet properly, understand the basics of forehand and backhand ground strokes and can hit at least 3 times from the center service line.Level 3: is for those who understand the basics of rallying, can hit forehand and backhandground strokes at least 3 times from the baseline with both, can perform the basics of a serve and know how to keep score. Level 4: is for those who consistently rally forehand and backhand 4-6 timesfrom the baseline, can serve, can hit overhead and approach shots, and understand the rules of the game and proper tennis etiquette. All students must provide their own racquet's.
|
|
|
|